1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "libiberty.h"
32 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
33 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
35 struct elf_info_failed
37 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
41 /* This structure is used to pass information to
42 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
44 struct elf_find_verdep_info
46 /* General link information. */
47 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
48 /* The number of dependencies. */
50 /* Whether we had a failure. */
54 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
55 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
58 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
59 unsigned long r_symndx
,
62 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
63 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
65 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
67 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
69 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
70 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
71 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
73 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
74 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
75 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
76 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
82 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
83 but it could be a relocation against a local
84 symbol for a discarded section. */
86 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
88 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
89 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
90 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
92 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
98 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
100 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
101 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
102 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
106 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
107 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
108 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
110 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
113 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
114 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
115 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
116 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
117 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
121 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
122 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
123 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
126 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
129 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
130 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
131 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
132 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
134 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
139 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
143 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
144 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
145 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
147 /* This function may be called more than once. */
148 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".got");
152 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
154 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
155 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
156 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
157 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
160 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
164 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
166 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
170 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
172 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
174 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
175 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
180 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
181 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
183 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
185 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
186 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
187 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
188 a global offset table. */
189 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
190 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
191 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
199 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
201 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
203 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
205 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
206 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
208 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
209 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
210 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
211 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
212 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
215 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
217 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
223 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
226 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
228 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
229 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
235 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
236 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
237 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
238 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
239 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
240 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
243 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
247 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
248 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
250 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
253 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
256 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
259 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
260 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
264 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
265 shared library does not. */
266 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
268 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
269 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
274 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
275 if they are not needed. */
276 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
277 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
279 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
282 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
283 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
285 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
288 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
289 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
291 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
294 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
295 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
297 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
299 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
301 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
302 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
306 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
308 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
311 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
312 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
313 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
314 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
315 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
316 to decide how to initialize the process. */
317 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
318 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
324 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
325 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
327 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
329 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
332 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
334 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
335 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
337 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
339 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
340 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
341 variable count of 32-bit words. */
342 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
343 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
345 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
348 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
349 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
350 the .got and .plt sections. */
351 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
352 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
355 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
360 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
363 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
365 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
366 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
368 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
369 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
371 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
372 .rel[a].bss sections. */
373 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
376 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
377 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
378 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
379 to read in from the object file. */
380 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
382 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
383 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
384 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
386 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
388 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
392 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
394 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
396 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
397 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
398 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
403 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
404 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
405 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
406 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
408 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
412 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
415 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
417 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
418 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
419 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
420 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
421 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
422 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
423 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
424 (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
));
428 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
429 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
430 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
431 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
432 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
433 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
434 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
435 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
436 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
437 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
439 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
441 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
442 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
443 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
444 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
446 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
454 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
455 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
456 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
457 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
458 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
459 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
463 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
464 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
466 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
468 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
473 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
474 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
475 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
476 this would not be necessary. */
477 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
481 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
482 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
485 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
493 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
494 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
496 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
499 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
500 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
505 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
507 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
508 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
510 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
511 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
512 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
513 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
514 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
517 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
522 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
524 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
530 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
533 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
534 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
535 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
537 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
539 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
540 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
543 if ((info
->dynamic_data
544 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
545 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
547 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
548 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
550 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
551 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
555 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
556 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
559 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
560 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
565 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
566 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
567 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
569 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
572 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
573 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
577 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
579 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
580 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
583 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
584 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
586 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
590 switch (h
->root
.type
)
592 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
593 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
594 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
596 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
597 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
598 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
599 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
600 may depend on this. */
601 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
602 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
603 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
605 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
606 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
609 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
610 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
611 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
612 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
614 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
615 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
616 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
617 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
619 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
620 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
621 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
622 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
624 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
629 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
630 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
631 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
632 force the correct value. */
636 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
638 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
639 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
640 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
641 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
645 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
651 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
652 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
653 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
654 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
657 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
659 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
661 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
662 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
667 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
668 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
671 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
674 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
675 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
676 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
677 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
678 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
680 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
688 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
689 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
690 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
693 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
698 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
699 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
700 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
703 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
704 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
706 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
709 /* See if the entry exists already. */
710 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
711 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
714 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
715 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
719 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
720 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
721 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
723 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
727 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
728 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
732 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
733 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
735 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
736 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
737 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
742 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
743 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
744 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
746 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
749 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
750 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
755 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
756 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
758 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
760 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
762 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
763 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
764 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
765 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
768 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
770 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
772 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
777 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
780 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
784 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
786 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
787 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
792 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
793 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
794 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
797 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
800 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
805 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
806 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
812 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
813 STB_LOCAL binding. */
816 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
819 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
821 if (!h
->forced_local
)
824 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
825 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
830 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
831 omitted when creating a shared library. */
833 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
834 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
837 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
840 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
844 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
845 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
847 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
848 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
851 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
852 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
854 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
855 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
856 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
858 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
859 against any other section. */
865 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
866 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
867 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
868 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
872 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
873 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
874 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
876 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
878 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
879 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
881 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
883 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
884 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
885 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
886 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
887 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
889 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
891 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
893 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
894 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
897 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
899 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
900 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
901 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
904 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
905 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
908 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
909 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
910 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
914 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
918 /* Merge st_other field. */
921 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
922 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
923 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
925 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
927 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
928 code might be needed here. */
929 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
930 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
935 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
936 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
938 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
939 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
940 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
941 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
944 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
945 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
946 h
->protected_def
= 1;
949 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
950 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
951 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
952 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
953 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
954 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
955 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
956 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
957 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
958 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
959 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
960 type or size does change. */
963 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
964 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
966 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
969 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
971 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
972 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
974 bfd_boolean
*override
,
975 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
976 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
977 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
979 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
980 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
981 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
982 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
985 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
986 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
987 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
994 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
996 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
997 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
999 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1000 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1005 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1007 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1008 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1010 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1011 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1014 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1016 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1017 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1019 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1022 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1026 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1031 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1032 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1034 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1035 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1036 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1040 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1044 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1045 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1046 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1047 the same symbol version. */
1048 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1049 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1050 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1051 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1056 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1060 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1061 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1066 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1067 have the same symbol version. */
1068 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1069 || (old_version
!= NULL
1070 && new_version
!= NULL
1071 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1076 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1081 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1086 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1087 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1088 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1091 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1092 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1093 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1094 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1097 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1098 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1099 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1101 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1104 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1107 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1108 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1109 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1110 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1112 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1114 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
1115 if we are doing an ELF link. */
1116 if (!(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
1119 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1120 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1122 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1124 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1125 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1127 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1129 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1130 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1131 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1132 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1133 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1134 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1135 reference to the executable symbol. */
1138 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1140 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1142 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1143 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1148 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1151 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1155 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1156 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1157 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1159 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1165 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1166 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1167 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1168 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1169 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1170 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1172 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1173 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1174 || !h
->def_regular
))
1179 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1180 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1182 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1183 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1184 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1187 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1188 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1190 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1192 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1193 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1194 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1196 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1197 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1199 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1200 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1202 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1203 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1205 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from a
1206 dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if there is
1207 an existing regular definition with a different type. We don't
1208 want, for example, a "time" variable in the executable overriding
1209 a "time" function in a shared library. */
1210 if (pold_alignment
== NULL
1214 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1215 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1216 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1217 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1218 && !(newfunc
&& oldfunc
))
1224 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1225 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1226 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1228 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1229 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1230 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1231 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1234 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1235 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1237 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1257 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1258 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1259 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1260 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1261 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1262 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1263 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1264 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1265 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1267 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1268 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1269 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1270 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1272 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1273 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1274 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1275 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1277 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1281 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1282 definition from a dynamic object. */
1284 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1285 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1288 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1290 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1291 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1292 recorded as dynamic.
1294 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1295 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1296 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1301 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1304 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1305 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1306 object, we remove the old definition. */
1307 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1309 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1310 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1311 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1312 was referenced before. */
1315 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1316 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1317 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1319 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1320 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1322 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1323 any dynamic link state. */
1324 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1325 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1332 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1342 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1343 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1344 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1345 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1346 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1347 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1348 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1349 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1351 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1352 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1356 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1357 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1360 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1362 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1363 any dynamic link state. */
1364 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1365 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1371 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1377 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1378 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1379 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1380 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1381 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1382 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1383 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1385 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1386 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1388 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1390 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1393 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1394 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1395 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1397 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1398 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1399 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1404 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1405 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1407 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1408 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1411 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1412 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1414 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1415 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1416 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1417 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1418 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1419 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1420 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1421 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1422 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1423 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1424 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1427 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1428 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1430 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1431 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1432 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1433 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1434 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1440 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1441 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1444 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1446 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1450 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1452 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1453 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1456 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1458 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1460 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1461 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1462 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1464 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1469 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1470 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1475 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1477 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1478 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1479 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1480 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1481 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1483 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1484 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1485 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1486 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1488 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1491 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1492 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1493 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1494 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1495 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1496 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1498 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1499 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1500 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1501 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1502 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1503 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. A common
1504 symbol in executable also overrides a symbol in a shared object. */
1509 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1512 || (!olddyn
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))))))
1516 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1518 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1519 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1521 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1522 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1523 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1524 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1525 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1527 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1528 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1531 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1532 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1533 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1534 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1538 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1542 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1543 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1544 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1545 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1548 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1549 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1551 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1552 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1553 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1554 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1560 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1561 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1563 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1564 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1565 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1569 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1574 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1575 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1576 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1577 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1578 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1580 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1581 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1582 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1587 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1588 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1593 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1594 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1597 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1598 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1599 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1602 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1604 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1605 overriding a function. */
1607 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1611 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1612 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1615 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1617 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1620 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1623 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1624 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1625 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1626 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1629 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1630 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1631 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1632 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1633 in the shared library. */
1636 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1639 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1640 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1641 or the alignment. */
1642 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1643 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1645 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1646 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1648 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1651 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1652 in the dynamic object. */
1653 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1654 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1657 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1659 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1660 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1662 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1663 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1665 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1668 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1673 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1674 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1675 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1676 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1677 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1678 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1679 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1680 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1684 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1691 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1692 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1693 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1694 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1697 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1698 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1699 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1701 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1705 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1707 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1708 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1711 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1712 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1713 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1714 bfd_boolean collect
;
1715 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1716 bfd_boolean override
;
1718 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1720 bfd_boolean matched
;
1722 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1725 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1726 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1727 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1728 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1729 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1730 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1734 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1739 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1741 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1745 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1750 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1756 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1757 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1758 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1760 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1761 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1762 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1764 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1765 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1767 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1768 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1769 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1770 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1771 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1772 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1775 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1776 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1777 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1783 if (hi
->def_regular
)
1785 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1786 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1787 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1788 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1789 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1790 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1795 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1796 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1797 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1799 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1803 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1804 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1810 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1811 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1814 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1815 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1816 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1817 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1819 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1824 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1825 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1826 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1827 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1828 name, and it is the default version.
1830 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1831 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1832 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1834 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1835 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1836 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1837 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1838 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1839 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1840 definition in the regular object. */
1842 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1843 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1844 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1846 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1847 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1851 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1855 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1860 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1861 other fields correctly. */
1865 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1866 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1867 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1869 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1870 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1871 the user in that case. */
1873 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1875 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1877 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1878 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1880 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
1881 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
1882 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
1883 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1884 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
1886 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1892 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
1899 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1905 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1909 len
= strlen (name
);
1910 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1911 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1913 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1914 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1916 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1917 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1918 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1920 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1921 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1922 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1930 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1931 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1932 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1933 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1934 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1935 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1936 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1942 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1943 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1944 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1946 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1948 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1949 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1950 to the user in that case. */
1952 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1954 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
1955 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1956 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
1958 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
1964 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
1970 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1980 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
1981 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1984 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1986 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
1988 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
1989 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1992 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
1993 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
1996 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
1997 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
1998 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
1999 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2001 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2011 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2012 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2013 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2014 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2017 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2020 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2021 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2022 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2025 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2030 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2031 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2032 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2035 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2036 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2040 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2043 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2044 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2050 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2055 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2058 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2062 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2063 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2064 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2068 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2071 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2075 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2076 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2077 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2079 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2081 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2082 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2084 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2087 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2094 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2095 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2096 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2097 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2100 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2102 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2103 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2104 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2105 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2108 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2111 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2114 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2117 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2121 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2123 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2126 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2127 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2128 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2130 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2133 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2136 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2140 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2141 for (t
= sinfo
->info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2143 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
2147 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2149 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2150 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2153 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2156 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2157 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2158 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2159 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2161 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2165 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2166 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2168 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2170 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2172 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2175 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2176 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2184 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2185 version node for this version. */
2186 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2188 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2191 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2192 to worry about it. */
2193 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2196 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2200 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2205 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2209 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2210 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2211 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2213 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2217 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2221 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2225 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2226 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2227 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2228 (_("%B: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2229 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2230 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2231 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2236 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2238 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2243 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2244 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2245 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2246 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2252 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2253 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2254 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2255 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2256 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2257 relocations should be stored.
2259 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2262 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2264 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2265 void *external_relocs
,
2266 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2268 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2269 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2270 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2271 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2272 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2273 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2276 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2277 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2280 /* Read the relocations. */
2281 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2284 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2285 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2287 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2289 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2290 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2291 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2292 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2293 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2296 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2300 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2301 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2302 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2303 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2307 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2308 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2309 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2313 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2315 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2316 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
2317 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
2319 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2320 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2324 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2326 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2327 (_("%B: non-zero symbol index (0x%lx) for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"
2328 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2330 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2331 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2334 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2335 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2341 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2342 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2343 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2344 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2345 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2346 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2347 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2348 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2349 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2352 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2354 void *external_relocs
,
2355 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2356 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2358 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2359 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2360 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2361 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2362 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2364 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2365 return esdo
->relocs
;
2367 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2370 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2374 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
2375 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2377 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2379 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2380 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2384 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2386 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2389 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2391 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2393 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2396 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2399 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2402 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2406 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2407 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2408 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2409 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2413 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2415 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2418 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2420 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2425 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2426 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2428 return internal_relocs
;
2436 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2443 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2444 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2447 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2448 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2450 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2452 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2453 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2455 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2456 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2457 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2458 we zero the allocated space. */
2459 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2460 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2463 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2465 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2467 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2468 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2472 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2478 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2479 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2483 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2484 asection
*input_section
,
2485 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2486 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2487 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2490 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2491 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2493 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2494 asection
*output_section
;
2495 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2496 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2497 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2499 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2501 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2502 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2503 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2505 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2506 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2508 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2509 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2511 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2512 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2516 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2517 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2518 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2519 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2523 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2524 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2525 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2526 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2527 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2528 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2530 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2531 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2532 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2535 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2537 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2542 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2545 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2546 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2548 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2550 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2551 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2556 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2557 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2558 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2559 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2560 the face of future changes. */
2563 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2564 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2566 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2568 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2569 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2570 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2571 an ELF dynamic object. */
2574 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2575 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2577 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2578 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2581 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2585 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2586 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2587 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2590 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2596 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2600 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2609 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2610 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2611 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2612 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2613 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2614 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2615 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2616 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2618 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2619 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2620 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2621 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2622 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2626 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2627 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2628 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2629 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2632 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2633 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2634 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2635 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2636 flag will not have been set. */
2637 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2641 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2644 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2645 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2646 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2647 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2648 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2649 will force it local. */
2651 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2652 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2653 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2654 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2657 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2659 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2660 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2661 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2664 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2665 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2666 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2667 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2668 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2670 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2671 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2672 over to the real definition. */
2673 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2675 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2676 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2677 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2678 if (h
->u
.weakdef
->def_regular
)
2679 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2682 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2684 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2685 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2687 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2688 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2689 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2690 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2691 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2692 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
, h
);
2699 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2700 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2704 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2706 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2708 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2710 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2713 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2714 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2717 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2718 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2721 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2722 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2723 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2724 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2725 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2726 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2727 referenced by another one? */
2729 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2733 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2735 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2739 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2740 can happen via a recursive call. */
2741 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2744 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2745 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2746 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2747 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2748 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2750 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2751 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2752 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2753 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2755 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2756 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2757 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2758 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2759 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2760 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2761 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2764 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2765 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2766 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2767 extern int timezone;
2769 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2770 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2771 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2772 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2773 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2774 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2775 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2776 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2778 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2780 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
2781 H->U.WEAKDEF by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
2782 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2784 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
2785 H->U.WEAKDEF before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
2786 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2790 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2791 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2792 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2793 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2794 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2796 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2798 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2799 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2800 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2802 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2803 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2805 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2814 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
2818 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2819 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2822 unsigned int power_of_two
;
2824 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
2826 /* The section aligment of definition is the maximum alignment
2827 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
2828 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
2829 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
2830 for the minimum alignment. */
2831 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
2832 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
2833 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
2839 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
2842 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
2843 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
2848 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
2849 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
2851 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
2852 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
2853 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
2855 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
2856 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
2858 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
2859 if (h
->protected_def
2860 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
2861 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
2862 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
2863 info
->callbacks
->einfo
2864 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%T' is dangerous\n"),
2865 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2870 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2871 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2874 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2878 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2879 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2880 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2881 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2883 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
2885 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2886 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2887 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2888 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2889 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2895 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2896 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2897 considered to bind dynamically. */
2900 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2901 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2902 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
2904 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2905 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2906 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2911 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2912 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2913 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2915 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2916 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2918 if (h
->forced_local
)
2921 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2922 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2923 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
2924 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
2926 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2933 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2934 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2937 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2939 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
2940 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
2941 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
2942 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2943 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
2950 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
2951 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2954 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
2955 us that it remains local. */
2956 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
2959 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2960 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
2961 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
2962 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
2963 for the place where forced_local and dynindx == -1 are tested. If
2964 either of those tests are true, _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say
2965 the symbol is local, while _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say
2966 the symbol is local only for defined symbols.
2967 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
2968 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
2969 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
2970 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
2973 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2974 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2975 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
2977 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2978 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2980 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
2984 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
2985 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
2986 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
2989 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
2990 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
2991 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2993 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
2994 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
2995 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
2998 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
2999 if (h
->forced_local
)
3002 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
3003 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3006 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3007 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3008 shared libraries. */
3009 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3012 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3013 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3014 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3017 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3018 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3021 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3023 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3024 symbols are local. */
3025 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3026 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3027 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3028 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3031 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3032 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3033 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3034 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3035 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3036 return local_protected
;
3039 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3040 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3042 struct bfd_section
*
3043 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3045 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3046 unsigned int align
= 0;
3048 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3049 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3053 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3054 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3055 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3057 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3059 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
3060 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3062 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3067 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3069 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3070 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3072 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3074 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3075 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3076 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3079 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3080 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3081 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3084 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3085 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3088 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3089 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3090 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3093 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3094 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3095 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3096 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3098 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3100 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3101 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3102 in the same way that it used to do. */
3108 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3109 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3110 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3112 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3114 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3118 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3119 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3120 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3123 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3127 /* Return FALSE if the object has been claimed by plugin. */
3128 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
)
3131 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3134 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. */
3135 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3136 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3138 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3140 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3142 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3143 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3144 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3146 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3151 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3152 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3155 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3158 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3159 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3161 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3164 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3166 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3170 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3175 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3177 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3187 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3190 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3194 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3195 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3197 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3198 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3199 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3201 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3202 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3205 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3206 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3207 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3209 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3210 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3211 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3215 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3216 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3219 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3224 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3225 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3226 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3229 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3230 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3234 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3237 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3240 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3241 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3242 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3245 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3248 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3251 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3252 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3254 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3255 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3256 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3258 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3260 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3261 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3262 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3264 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3272 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3275 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3279 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3280 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3285 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3286 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3290 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3291 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3292 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3294 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3295 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3296 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3297 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3298 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3299 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3300 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3301 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3302 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3303 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3304 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3310 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3312 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3314 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3315 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3316 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3318 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3319 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3320 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3322 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3325 int sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3327 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3329 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3330 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3333 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3334 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3337 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3339 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3341 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3342 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3346 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3350 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3352 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3353 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3354 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3355 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3358 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3361 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3362 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3364 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3365 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3366 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3368 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3369 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3370 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3371 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3373 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3375 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3379 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3389 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3394 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3397 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3398 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3399 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3400 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3402 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3403 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3405 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3406 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3411 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3412 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3414 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3418 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3420 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3421 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3423 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3425 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3426 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3427 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3429 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3430 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3431 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3434 while (def
.vd_next
);
3437 /* Adjust version references. */
3438 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3443 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3444 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3446 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3450 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3452 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3453 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3454 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3455 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3456 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3458 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3459 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3460 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3462 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3464 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3465 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3468 while (need
.vn_next
);
3474 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3475 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3479 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3480 const bfd_target
*output
)
3482 return input
== output
;
3485 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3486 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3487 are virtually identical. */
3490 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3491 const bfd_target
*output
)
3493 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3495 if (input
== output
)
3498 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3499 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3501 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3504 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3505 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3508 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3509 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3510 processing the lib. */
3513 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3514 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3515 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3517 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3520 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3523 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3525 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3526 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3528 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3529 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3532 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3533 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3534 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3535 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3536 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3537 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3538 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3539 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3540 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3541 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3543 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3544 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3545 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3546 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3547 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3548 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3549 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3553 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3555 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3558 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
3559 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3560 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3561 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3562 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3563 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3564 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3567 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3569 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3572 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
3574 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
3575 free (internal_relocs
);
3585 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3588 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3590 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3591 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3595 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3596 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3597 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3598 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3599 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3600 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3601 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3602 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3603 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3604 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3605 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3606 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3607 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3609 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3610 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3611 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3612 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3613 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3615 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3616 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3617 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
3620 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3622 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3623 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3625 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3631 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3632 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3633 the format of the output file. */
3634 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3635 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3636 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3638 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3639 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3641 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3646 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3647 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3648 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3649 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3650 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3651 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3652 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3653 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3654 (_("%P: alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %B, expecting %d\n"),
3655 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3657 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3658 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3659 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3660 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3661 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3662 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3666 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3667 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3672 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3674 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3675 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3676 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3677 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3678 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3679 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3680 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3681 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3685 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3687 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3689 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3691 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3692 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3697 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3701 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3706 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3707 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3708 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3711 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
3713 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3714 not get copied into the output file. */
3717 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3718 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3719 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3724 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3725 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
3730 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3731 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3732 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3733 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
3734 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
3735 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
3736 make a shared library. */
3738 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3739 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3740 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
3741 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3742 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3743 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3745 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3749 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3753 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3755 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3758 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3759 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3763 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3764 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3765 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3766 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3767 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3768 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3770 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3771 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3772 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3774 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3779 unsigned int elfsec
;
3780 unsigned long shlink
;
3782 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3789 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3790 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
3791 goto error_free_dyn
;
3792 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3794 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3795 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3796 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3798 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3800 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3801 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3803 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3804 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3806 goto error_free_dyn
;
3808 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3810 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3812 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3814 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3815 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3816 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3817 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3818 goto error_free_dyn
;
3819 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3820 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3822 goto error_free_dyn
;
3823 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3827 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3831 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3833 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3835 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3837 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3838 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3839 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3840 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3841 goto error_free_dyn
;
3842 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3843 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3845 goto error_free_dyn
;
3846 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3850 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3856 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3857 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3859 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3861 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3863 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3864 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3865 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3866 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3867 goto error_free_dyn
;
3868 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3869 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3871 goto error_free_dyn
;
3872 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3882 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
3884 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3885 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3892 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3893 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3899 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3900 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3905 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3906 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3907 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3908 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3909 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3910 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3912 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
3914 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
3915 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
3916 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
3917 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
3919 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3921 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
3922 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3923 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
3926 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
3927 will need to know it. */
3928 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
3930 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
3934 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
3935 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
3936 particular dynamic object more than once. */
3940 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
3941 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
3944 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
3945 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
3946 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
3947 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
3949 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3950 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3952 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3954 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3956 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3957 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
3959 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3961 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3966 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3967 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3970 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
3971 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
3973 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3975 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3978 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3980 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
3983 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3984 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3985 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3986 goto error_free_sym
;
3987 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
3993 /* Read in any version definitions. */
3994 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
3995 info
->default_imported_symver
))
3996 goto error_free_sym
;
3998 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
3999 to internal format. */
4000 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4002 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
4004 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4005 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
4006 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4007 goto error_free_sym
;
4008 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4009 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4010 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4011 goto error_free_vers
;
4015 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4016 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4017 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4018 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4023 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4025 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4026 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4028 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4030 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4031 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4032 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4033 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4037 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4038 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4039 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4040 goto error_free_vers
;
4042 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4043 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4044 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4045 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4046 goto error_free_vers
;
4048 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4049 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4050 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4051 goto error_free_vers
;
4053 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4054 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4055 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4056 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4057 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4058 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4059 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4060 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4061 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4062 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4063 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4064 goto error_free_vers
;
4066 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4068 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4069 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4071 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4073 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4074 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4075 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4076 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4078 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4079 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4086 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
4087 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4089 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4093 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4096 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4097 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4098 bfd_boolean definition
;
4099 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4100 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4101 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
4102 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4103 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4104 bfd_boolean override
;
4106 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4107 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4109 bfd_boolean matched
;
4113 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4115 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4116 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4119 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4123 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4124 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4125 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4130 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4138 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4139 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4143 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4147 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4148 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4149 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4150 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4151 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4153 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4154 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4155 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4156 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4160 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4162 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4163 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4165 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4167 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4169 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4171 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4175 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4178 goto error_free_vers
;
4180 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4181 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4183 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4187 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4189 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4191 goto error_free_vers
;
4195 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4196 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4197 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4199 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4203 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4204 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4205 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4207 goto error_free_vers
;
4211 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4213 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4215 goto error_free_vers
;
4217 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4218 should be skipped for some reason. */
4223 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4226 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4227 goto error_free_vers
;
4230 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4231 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4232 for this executable. */
4233 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4234 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4237 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4238 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4243 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4244 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4251 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4253 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4254 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4259 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4260 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4261 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4266 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4268 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4270 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4271 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4272 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4273 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4274 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4275 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4277 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4278 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4281 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4284 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4286 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4288 else if (vernum
> 1)
4290 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4296 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4297 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4299 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4300 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4301 goto error_free_vers
;
4306 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4307 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4308 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4310 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4313 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4317 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4319 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4321 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4323 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4332 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4333 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4334 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4335 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4336 goto error_free_vers
;
4340 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4341 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4342 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4343 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4344 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4347 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4348 if (newname
== NULL
)
4349 goto error_free_vers
;
4350 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4351 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4353 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4354 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4355 default version of the symbol. */
4356 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4357 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4359 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4364 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4365 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4366 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4369 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4370 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4371 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4373 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4374 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4375 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4376 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4378 goto error_free_vers
;
4383 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4385 if (override
&& matched
)
4389 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4390 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4391 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4393 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4396 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4399 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4400 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4401 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4402 goto error_free_vers
;
4404 if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
4405 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4406 && bfd_get_flavour (info
->output_bfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
4407 elf_tdata (info
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
|= elf_gnu_symbol_unique
;
4410 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4413 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4414 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4415 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4417 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4418 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4424 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4425 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
4429 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4430 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4431 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
4433 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4434 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
4435 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
4436 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4437 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4438 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4439 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4440 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
4441 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4442 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4443 definition anyhow. */
4445 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
4450 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4451 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4452 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4457 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4460 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4461 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4462 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4464 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4465 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4467 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4470 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4472 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4473 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4474 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4475 object and a shared object. */
4476 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4478 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4479 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4480 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4487 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4488 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4500 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4501 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4502 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4503 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4513 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4518 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4521 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4522 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4523 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4526 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4528 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1)))
4532 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4533 the default name. */
4535 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4536 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4537 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4538 goto error_free_vers
;
4540 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4541 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4542 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4543 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4544 alignment is maintained. */
4545 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4546 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4548 unsigned int common_align
;
4549 unsigned int normal_align
;
4550 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4554 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4555 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4557 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4558 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4559 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
4561 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4562 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4563 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4566 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4570 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4571 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4576 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4578 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4581 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4583 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4584 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4585 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4586 (_("Warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %B is"
4587 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %A"),
4588 common_bfd
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
4589 1 << common_align
, name
, 1 << normal_align
);
4591 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4592 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
4593 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
4594 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
4595 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
4599 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4600 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4601 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4602 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4605 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4606 && ! size_change_ok
)
4607 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4608 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4609 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
4611 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
4612 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
4614 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4617 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4618 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4619 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4620 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4621 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4623 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4624 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4626 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4627 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4628 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4629 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4631 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4633 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4635 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4636 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4639 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4641 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4642 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4643 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4644 " from %d to %d in %B"),
4645 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, type
);
4651 /* Merge st_other field. */
4652 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
4654 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4656 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
4657 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4660 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4661 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4666 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4667 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4670 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4672 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4673 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4675 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4676 aliases can be checked. */
4679 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4680 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4682 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4684 goto error_free_vers
;
4686 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4690 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4692 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4693 goto error_free_vers
;
4694 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4696 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4698 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4699 goto error_free_vers
;
4702 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4703 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4704 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4706 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4710 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4715 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd nor
4716 for unmatched symbol. */
4721 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4723 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
4724 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
4725 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
4726 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
4727 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
4730 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4732 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
4733 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4735 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4736 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4737 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4738 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
4741 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4743 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4744 (_("%B: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
4746 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
4747 goto error_free_vers
;
4750 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
4751 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
4754 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4756 goto error_free_vers
;
4758 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4763 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4769 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4775 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4779 /* Restore the symbol table. */
4780 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4781 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
4782 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4783 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
4784 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
4785 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
4786 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
4787 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
4788 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
4789 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
4792 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4794 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4795 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4797 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4799 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4801 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4802 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4803 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4805 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
4806 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
4807 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
4809 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4811 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4812 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4817 alignment_power
= 0;
4819 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4820 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4821 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4822 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4824 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4825 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4826 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4828 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4830 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
4831 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
4832 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
4833 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
4838 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4839 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
4840 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
4841 goto error_free_vers
;
4844 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
4846 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4847 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4851 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4853 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
4854 goto error_free_vers
;
4859 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
4860 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
4861 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
4862 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4866 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
4868 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
4869 char *shortname
, *p
;
4871 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4873 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4874 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4877 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
4878 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
4880 goto error_free_vers
;
4881 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
4882 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
4884 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4885 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
4886 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4888 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
4889 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
4890 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
4892 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
4893 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4894 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4895 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
4896 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4898 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
4899 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
4901 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
4907 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4908 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
4911 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
4912 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
4913 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
4914 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
4915 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
4916 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
4917 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
4918 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
4919 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
4920 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
4921 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
4922 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
4926 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
4927 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
4928 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
4929 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4932 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
4933 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
4934 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
4936 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4937 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4938 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
4940 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
4941 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4942 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
4944 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
4948 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4949 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
4957 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
4958 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
4961 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
4963 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
4966 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
4969 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
4970 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
4972 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4973 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
4974 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
4975 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
4976 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4977 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4983 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
4985 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4986 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4993 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5003 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5007 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5008 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5009 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5010 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5013 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5014 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5015 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5019 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5020 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5021 the largest size. */
5024 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5026 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5027 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5028 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5030 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5032 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
5034 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5035 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5037 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5039 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5042 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5047 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5048 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5049 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5050 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5051 real definition and the weak definition. */
5052 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5054 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5055 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5062 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5065 if (bed
->check_directives
5066 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5069 if (!info
->check_relocs_after_open_input
5070 && !_bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (abfd
, info
))
5073 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5074 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5076 && ! info
->traditional_format
5077 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5078 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5082 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5083 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5085 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5088 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5089 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5090 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5091 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5092 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5093 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5095 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5097 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5098 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5099 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5102 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5103 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5108 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
5110 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5111 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5113 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5117 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
5124 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5126 if (old_strtab
!= NULL
)
5128 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5129 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5130 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5133 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5139 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5140 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5142 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5143 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5144 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5147 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5151 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5155 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5156 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5157 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5158 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5160 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5161 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5164 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5165 len
= strlen (name
);
5166 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5168 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
5170 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5171 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5172 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5174 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5177 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5179 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5180 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5181 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5184 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5188 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5189 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5190 handle versioned symbols.
5192 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5193 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5194 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5195 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5198 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5199 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5202 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5205 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5209 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5210 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5211 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5213 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5215 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5216 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5218 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5222 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5223 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5224 second and subsequent passes. */
5225 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5229 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
5230 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5231 if (included
== NULL
)
5234 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5235 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5236 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5249 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5250 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5252 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5254 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5259 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5265 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5266 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
5272 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5274 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5275 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5276 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5277 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5280 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5281 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5282 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5283 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5284 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5286 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5289 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5291 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5292 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5297 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5298 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5299 if (element
== NULL
)
5302 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5305 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5307 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5308 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5310 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5313 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5314 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5315 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5316 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5317 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5318 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5319 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5320 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5323 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5324 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5328 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5333 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5335 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5336 on through the loop. */
5337 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5347 if (included
!= NULL
)
5352 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5356 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5358 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5361 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5363 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5365 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5370 struct hash_codes_info
5372 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5376 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5377 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5380 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5382 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5387 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5388 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5391 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5392 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5394 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5397 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5403 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5404 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5409 /* Compute the hash value. */
5410 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5412 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5413 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5415 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5417 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5425 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5428 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5429 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5430 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5431 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5432 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5433 unsigned long int *indx
;
5434 unsigned long int *counts
;
5437 long int min_dynindx
;
5438 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5439 unsigned long int symindx
;
5440 long int local_indx
;
5441 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5442 unsigned long int mask
;
5446 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5447 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5450 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5452 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5457 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5458 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5461 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5462 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5465 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5466 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5468 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5471 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5477 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5478 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5483 /* Compute the hash value. */
5484 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5486 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5487 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5488 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5489 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5491 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5492 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5500 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5501 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5504 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5506 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5507 unsigned long int bucket
;
5508 unsigned long int val
;
5510 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5511 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5514 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5515 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5517 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5518 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5522 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5523 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5524 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5525 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5527 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5528 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5529 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5530 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5532 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5533 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5534 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5535 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5539 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5542 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5544 return !(h
->forced_local
5545 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5546 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5547 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5548 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5549 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5552 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5553 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5554 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5555 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5556 than 32771 buckets. */
5558 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5560 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5564 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5565 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5566 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5567 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5568 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5569 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5570 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5571 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5573 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5574 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5575 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5578 size_t best_size
= 0;
5579 unsigned long int i
;
5581 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5582 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5583 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5584 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5589 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5590 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5591 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5592 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5593 unsigned long int *counts
;
5595 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5597 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5598 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5600 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5603 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5608 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5612 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5613 since the size could be large. */
5615 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5616 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5620 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5621 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5623 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5625 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5626 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5627 unsigned long int j
;
5628 unsigned long int fact
;
5630 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5633 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5635 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5636 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5637 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5639 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5640 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5641 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5642 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5643 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5644 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5645 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5648 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5650 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5653 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5654 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5655 over a few long chains). */
5656 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5657 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5659 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5660 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5663 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5664 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5665 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5666 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5667 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5669 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5670 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5671 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5675 /* Compare with current best results. */
5676 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5680 no_improvement_count
= 0;
5682 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
5683 when there are a large number of symbols. */
5684 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
5691 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5693 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5694 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5695 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5696 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5698 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5699 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5702 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5709 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
5712 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5716 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5717 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
5718 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
5723 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
5724 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
5725 undefined it is initialized. */
5728 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5729 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5730 const char *legacy_symbol
,
5731 bfd_vma default_size
)
5733 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5735 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
5737 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
5738 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5739 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5740 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5742 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
5744 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
5745 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5746 if (info
->stacksize
)
5747 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: stack size specified and %s set"),
5748 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5749 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5750 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: %s not absolute"),
5751 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5753 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5756 if (!info
->stacksize
)
5757 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
5758 size, set it now. */
5759 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
5761 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
5762 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5763 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5765 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
5767 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5768 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
5769 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5770 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
5771 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5774 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5776 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5782 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
5783 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
5784 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
5785 addresses of the various sections. */
5788 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5791 const char *filter_shlib
,
5793 const char *depaudit
,
5794 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
5795 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5796 asection
**sinterpptr
)
5800 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5801 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
5805 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
5807 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5810 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5812 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
5813 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
5814 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
5815 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
5816 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
5817 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
5819 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5820 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
5823 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
5824 we're dynamic or not. */
5825 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
5826 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5829 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
5830 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
5831 if (info
->execstack
)
5832 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
5833 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
5834 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
5838 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
5841 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
5843 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
5848 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
5850 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
5853 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
5857 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
5860 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
5861 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
5862 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5863 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5864 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
5867 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5869 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5871 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
5872 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5874 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5875 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
5877 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
5879 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
5880 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
5884 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5886 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
5887 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
5893 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
5895 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
5903 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
5905 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
5908 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
5909 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
5913 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
5917 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5918 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
5919 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
5920 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
5924 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
5926 const char * const *p
;
5928 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
5932 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5934 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
5935 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
5944 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
5946 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
5947 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
5951 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
5955 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
5957 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
5958 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
5965 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
5966 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
5967 if (info
->export_dynamic
5968 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
5970 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5971 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
5977 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
5978 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5979 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5980 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
5982 const char *verstr
, *name
;
5983 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
5984 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
5985 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
5987 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
5989 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
5991 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
5992 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
5994 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
5995 if (newname
== NULL
)
5997 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
5998 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
6000 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
6001 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
6003 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6004 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6005 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6008 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6009 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6011 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6013 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6014 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6015 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6020 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6021 not defined in a shared object. */
6023 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6024 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6025 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6029 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6030 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6031 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6033 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6034 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6039 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6041 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6043 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6044 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6045 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6047 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6048 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6049 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6050 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6055 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6060 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
6061 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
6062 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6063 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
6068 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
6069 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
6070 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
6072 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
6073 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
6074 h
= (info
->init_function
6075 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6076 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
6083 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
6086 h
= (info
->fini_function
6087 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6088 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
6095 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
6099 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
6100 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6102 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
6103 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
6108 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
6109 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
6110 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6111 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6112 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
6113 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
6115 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6116 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
6121 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6125 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6126 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6129 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
6130 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6132 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6133 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6136 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
6137 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6139 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
6140 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6144 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6145 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
6146 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
6147 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
6148 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
6149 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6151 bfd_size_type strsize
;
6153 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6154 if ((info
->emit_hash
6155 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
6156 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
6157 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
6158 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
6159 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
6160 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
6161 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
6162 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
6167 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
6170 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
6173 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
6174 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6177 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6179 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6180 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6183 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6184 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6185 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6187 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6188 just linking a regular application. */
6189 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6191 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6192 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6193 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6195 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6196 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6201 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6203 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6204 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6205 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6206 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6212 /* Make space for the base version. */
6213 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6214 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6217 /* Make space for the default version. */
6218 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6220 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6224 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6226 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6228 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6232 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6233 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6236 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6237 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6241 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6242 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6245 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6249 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6250 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6253 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6255 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6256 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6260 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6261 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6262 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6265 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6267 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6269 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6270 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6277 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6278 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6279 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6281 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6283 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6285 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6287 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6288 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6289 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6290 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6292 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6294 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6295 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6297 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6299 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6302 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6303 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6305 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6308 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6309 aux block, but different flags. */
6312 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6314 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6315 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6318 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6319 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6320 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6322 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6323 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6324 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6326 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6329 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6331 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6336 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6339 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6341 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6342 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6344 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6346 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6349 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6350 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6352 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6355 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6357 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6358 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6360 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6361 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6362 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6363 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6364 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6367 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6368 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6369 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6370 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6372 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6373 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6374 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6376 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6377 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6378 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6380 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6381 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6383 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6384 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6385 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6386 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6388 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6389 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6390 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6392 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6394 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6396 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6398 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6402 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6403 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6406 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6407 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6409 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6411 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6412 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6413 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6417 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6418 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, cdefs
))
6421 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6424 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6426 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6429 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6431 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6437 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
6438 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6441 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6445 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6447 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6448 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6450 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6453 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6454 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6456 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6458 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6459 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6464 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6465 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6468 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
6473 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6476 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6480 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6482 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6484 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6485 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6489 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6490 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6494 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6499 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6503 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6506 t
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6508 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6509 elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6510 ? elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
)
6511 : lbasename (t
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6513 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6516 t
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6517 if (t
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6520 t
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6521 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6523 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, t
,
6524 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6525 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6527 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6529 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6530 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6531 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6532 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6535 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6538 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6540 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6541 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6542 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6546 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6547 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6550 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6554 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6555 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6556 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6557 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
6559 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6560 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6566 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6567 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6569 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6573 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6574 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6575 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6577 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6582 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
6583 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
6585 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6589 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
6590 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
6591 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6592 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
6593 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6595 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
6599 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6600 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6601 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6602 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6604 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6608 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
6609 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
6610 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
6614 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6616 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6618 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6621 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6622 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
6624 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6628 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
6629 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6630 unsigned int dtagcount
;
6632 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6634 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
6635 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
6636 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
6637 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
6639 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6640 §ion_sym_count
);
6642 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
6643 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6644 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6645 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
6647 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
6648 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6649 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6652 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
6656 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
6657 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
6658 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
6659 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
6660 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
6661 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
6662 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
6663 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6664 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6666 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6667 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6670 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
6671 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
6672 ++section_sym_count
;
6673 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6675 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
6677 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
6678 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
6679 if (info
->emit_hash
)
6681 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
6682 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
6684 unsigned long int nsyms
;
6686 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6688 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6689 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6691 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
6692 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6693 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
6695 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
6696 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
6698 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6699 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6700 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
6707 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
6709 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
6712 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6715 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6717 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
6718 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6719 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6720 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
6721 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6722 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6725 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
6726 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
6727 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
6730 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
6733 unsigned char *contents
;
6734 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
6738 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
6740 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6741 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6743 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
6744 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6745 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
6748 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
6749 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
6750 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
6753 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6754 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6755 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
6758 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6763 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
6765 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6767 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6771 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
6772 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6774 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
6776 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
6777 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
6778 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6779 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6780 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6781 if (contents
== NULL
)
6783 s
->contents
= contents
;
6784 /* 1 empty bucket. */
6785 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
6786 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
6787 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
6788 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
6789 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
6790 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
6791 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
6792 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
6793 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
6794 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
6795 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
6796 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
6800 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
6801 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
6805 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
6807 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
6809 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
6810 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
6812 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
6813 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
6815 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
6821 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
6822 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
6823 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
6824 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
6825 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
6826 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
6827 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6828 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
6830 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6834 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
6835 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
6836 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
6837 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
6839 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6840 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
6841 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
6842 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
6844 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6845 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
6847 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
6848 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
6850 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
6851 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6852 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
6854 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
6855 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6856 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6857 if (contents
== NULL
)
6859 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6860 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6864 s
->contents
= contents
;
6865 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
6866 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
6867 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
6868 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
6869 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6871 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6873 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
6874 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
6876 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
6880 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
6882 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
6883 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6884 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
6886 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
6887 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
6889 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
6891 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6894 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6895 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6899 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6900 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6902 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
6904 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6906 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
6907 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
6914 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
6917 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6920 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
6921 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
6924 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
6927 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6932 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6935 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
6936 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
6937 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6938 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
6939 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
6940 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
6941 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
6942 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
6944 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
6946 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6947 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
6948 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6949 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
6951 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
6952 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
6955 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
6956 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6957 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
6961 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
6963 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
6964 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
6965 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
6968 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
6972 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
6973 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
6978 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
6979 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
6982 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
6983 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
6985 /* Set local fields. */
6988 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
6989 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
6990 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
6991 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
6992 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
6993 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
6994 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
6995 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7002 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7003 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7006 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7007 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7008 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7010 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7012 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7013 symbol which just became indirect if DIR isn't a hidden versioned
7016 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7018 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7019 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7020 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7021 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7022 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7023 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7026 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7029 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7030 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7031 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7032 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7034 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7035 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7036 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7037 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7040 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7042 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7043 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7044 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7045 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7048 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7050 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7051 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7052 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7053 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7055 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7060 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7061 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7062 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7064 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7065 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7067 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7072 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7073 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7076 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7082 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7086 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7087 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7089 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7090 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7092 unsigned int entsize
,
7093 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7096 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7098 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7099 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7100 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7101 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7102 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7103 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7105 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7107 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7108 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7113 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7115 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7116 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7118 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7119 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7121 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7125 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7126 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7132 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7137 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7140 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7142 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7144 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7145 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7146 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7147 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7148 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7151 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7152 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7153 entry for a dynamic object. */
7156 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7158 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7159 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7160 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7164 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7167 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7168 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7169 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7176 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7178 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7179 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7180 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7183 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7184 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7186 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7187 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7188 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7190 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7192 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7195 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7196 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7198 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7199 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7200 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7202 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7204 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7207 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7208 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7209 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7212 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7214 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7215 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7216 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7220 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7221 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7224 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7225 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7228 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7229 unsigned int elfsec
;
7230 unsigned long shlink
;
7231 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7233 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7237 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7238 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7241 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7242 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7245 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7248 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7249 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7252 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7254 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7255 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7258 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7259 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7261 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7263 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7265 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7268 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7271 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7272 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7275 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7280 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7301 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7303 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7304 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7305 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7308 struct elf_symbuf_head
7310 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7312 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7319 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7320 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7325 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7328 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7330 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7331 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7333 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7337 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7339 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7340 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7341 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7344 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7345 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7347 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7348 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7349 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7350 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7352 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7356 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7357 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7358 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7361 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7362 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7365 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7366 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7367 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7370 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7371 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7372 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7373 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7379 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7380 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7381 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7382 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7383 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7385 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7388 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7389 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7390 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7392 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7393 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7394 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7397 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7398 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7405 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7409 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7410 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7413 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7414 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7415 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
7416 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7417 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7418 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7419 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7420 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
7421 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7427 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7428 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7429 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7432 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7435 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7436 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7437 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7440 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7441 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7442 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7443 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7444 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7445 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7447 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7453 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7454 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7456 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7458 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7460 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7463 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7464 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7465 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7468 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7470 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7472 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7475 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7476 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7477 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7480 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7482 /* Optimized faster version. */
7484 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7485 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7488 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7493 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7494 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7496 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7500 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7507 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7512 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7513 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7515 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7519 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7525 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7529 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
7531 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
7532 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7536 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7537 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7539 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7540 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7546 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7547 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7549 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7550 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
7555 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7556 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7557 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7558 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7559 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7561 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7562 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7563 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
7564 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
7565 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7572 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7573 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7574 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7575 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7576 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7579 /* Count definitions in the section. */
7581 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7582 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
7583 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7586 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7587 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
7588 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7590 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7593 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7595 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
7596 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7598 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
7600 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
7601 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7603 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7604 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7605 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7606 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7607 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7609 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7610 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7611 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
7612 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
7613 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7631 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
7634 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
7635 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
7639 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7640 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7643 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
7646 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
7648 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
7650 struct elf_final_link_info
7652 /* General link information. */
7653 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7656 /* Symbol string table. */
7657 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
7658 /* .hash section. */
7660 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
7661 asection
*symver_sec
;
7662 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
7664 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
7665 void *external_relocs
;
7666 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
7667 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7668 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
7670 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
7671 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
7672 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
7673 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
7675 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
7676 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
7677 of any input BFD. */
7679 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
7680 symbol of any input BFD. */
7681 asection
**sections
;
7682 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
7683 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
7684 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
7685 size_t filesym_count
;
7688 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
7690 struct elf_outext_info
7693 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
7694 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
7695 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
7699 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
7701 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
7702 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
7703 relocations themselves.
7705 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
7706 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
7707 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
7708 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
7710 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
7711 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
7712 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
7713 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
7716 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
7717 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
7720 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
7721 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
7725 <binary-operator> := as in C
7726 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
7729 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
7730 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7735 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7736 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7737 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
7739 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
7741 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7743 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
7744 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
7746 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
7747 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
7748 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7749 sym
->st_value
= val
;
7752 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
7756 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
7757 to "defined" and give it a value. */
7759 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
7760 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
7761 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7762 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7763 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7764 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
7765 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
7766 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
7770 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
7772 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7774 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7777 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7778 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
7779 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
7780 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7783 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7785 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
7789 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
7792 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
7793 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
7796 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
7797 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
7799 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
7801 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
7803 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
7804 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7806 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
7807 (unsigned long) *result
);
7813 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
7814 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
7815 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7819 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7820 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7822 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
7823 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
7824 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
7826 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
7827 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
7835 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
7836 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
7837 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
7840 resolve_section (const char *name
,
7848 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7849 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
7851 *result
= curr
->vma
;
7855 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
7856 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
7857 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7859 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
7860 if (len
> strlen (name
))
7863 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
7865 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
7867 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
7871 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
7879 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
7881 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
7886 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
7889 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7891 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7900 const char *sym
= *symp
;
7902 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
7907 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
7909 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7922 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
7926 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
7929 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
7930 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
7932 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
7934 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7938 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
7939 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
7940 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
7942 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
7943 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
7944 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
7945 section", and likewise with symbol. */
7947 if (symbol_is_section
)
7949 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
7950 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7951 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
7953 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
7959 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7960 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
7961 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
7964 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
7971 /* All that remains are operators. */
7973 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
7974 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7976 sym += strlen (#op); \
7980 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7981 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7984 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
7990 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
7991 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7993 sym += strlen (#op); \
7997 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7998 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8001 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8002 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8005 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8035 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8036 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8042 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8043 unsigned long chunksz
,
8048 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8050 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8055 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8059 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8063 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8064 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8070 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8071 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8084 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8085 unsigned long chunksz
,
8092 /* Sanity checks. */
8093 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8096 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8097 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8098 && location
!= NULL
);
8100 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8102 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8104 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8105 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8106 of the loop below. */
8110 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8112 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8117 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8120 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8123 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8127 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8138 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8139 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8140 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8141 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8142 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8143 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8144 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8145 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8146 unsigned long encoded
)
8148 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8149 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8150 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8151 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8152 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8153 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8154 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8155 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8158 bfd_reloc_status_type
8159 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8160 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8162 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8165 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8166 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8167 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8169 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8170 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8171 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8172 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8173 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8175 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8176 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8177 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8179 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8182 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8184 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8186 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
,
8187 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8190 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8191 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8192 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8193 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8194 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8195 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8196 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8201 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8202 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8203 ? complain_overflow_signed
8204 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8205 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8209 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8212 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8213 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8214 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8215 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8216 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8217 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8219 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
,
8220 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8224 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8225 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8226 know the value is aligned. */
8229 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8236 const union aligned32
*a
8237 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8239 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
8240 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8241 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8242 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
8247 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8254 const union aligned32
*a
8255 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8257 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8258 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8259 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8260 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8264 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8266 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8273 const union aligned64
*a
8274 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8276 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8277 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8278 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8279 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8280 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8281 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8282 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8283 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8288 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8295 const union aligned64
*a
8296 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8298 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8299 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8300 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8301 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8302 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8303 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8304 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8305 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8310 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8311 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8312 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8316 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8317 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8321 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8323 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8324 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8325 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8327 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8328 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8330 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8332 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8333 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8335 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8337 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8338 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8343 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8346 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8353 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8357 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8358 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8360 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8363 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8366 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8368 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8369 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8370 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8371 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8372 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8375 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
8377 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
8380 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
8381 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
8383 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8385 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8386 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
8387 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8388 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
8394 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8395 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8396 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
8397 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8398 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
8404 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
8405 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
8406 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8407 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8408 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
8409 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
8412 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
8413 speeding the main loop below. */
8414 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
8415 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8417 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8426 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
8427 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
8428 have the same r_offset. */
8429 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
8430 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
8431 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
8432 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
8435 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8437 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
8438 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8439 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
8441 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
8446 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
8447 from one of more input files. Files are not always
8448 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
8449 called. See pr17666. */
8450 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
8451 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
8452 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
8453 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
8454 while (p
+ runlen
< end
8455 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
8456 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
8457 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
8461 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
8465 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
8467 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
8468 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
8469 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
8473 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
8474 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
8475 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
8477 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
8480 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
8481 free (reldata
->hashes
);
8482 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
8488 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8494 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8495 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8496 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8500 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8502 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8503 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8504 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8506 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8507 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8509 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8511 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8513 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8515 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8517 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8519 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8525 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8527 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8528 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8530 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
8532 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
8534 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
8536 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
8538 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8540 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8546 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
8548 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
8551 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
8552 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
8553 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
8554 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
8555 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8556 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8557 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8558 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8559 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8560 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
8562 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
8564 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
8565 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
8566 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
8567 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
8568 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8570 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
8572 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
8573 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
8576 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
8577 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
8578 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8579 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8581 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8583 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8585 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8586 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8587 It is of no help to us. */
8591 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8592 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8594 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8595 "they are in more than one size"),
8597 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8603 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8607 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8609 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8610 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8612 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8613 "they are in more than one size"),
8615 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8621 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8626 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
8627 something is wrong. */
8628 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8629 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8630 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8635 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8636 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8638 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8640 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8642 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8643 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8644 It is of no help to us. */
8648 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8649 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8651 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8652 "they are in more than one size"),
8654 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8660 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8664 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8666 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8667 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8669 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8670 "they are in more than one size"),
8672 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8678 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8683 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
8684 something is wrong. */
8685 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8686 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8687 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8692 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
8696 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
8698 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8705 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
8706 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
8707 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8708 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8712 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
8713 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
8714 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8715 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8719 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8720 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8721 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
8723 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
8726 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
8727 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8729 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
8732 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
8736 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
8737 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
8741 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8742 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
8744 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
8746 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8747 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8749 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8750 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8752 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
8754 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
8755 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
8756 relocs in this case. */
8761 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8762 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8764 while (erel
< erelend
)
8766 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8768 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
8769 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
8770 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
8776 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
8778 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8780 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8781 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
8787 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
8788 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8790 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8791 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
8793 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
8796 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
8798 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
8799 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
8801 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
8802 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
8803 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8804 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
8806 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
8808 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
8809 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
8810 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
8811 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
8812 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
8813 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
8819 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
8822 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
8827 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8828 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8830 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8831 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8834 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8835 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
8836 while (erel
< erelend
)
8838 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8839 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
8846 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
8850 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
8853 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8855 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
8856 asection
*input_sec
,
8857 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8859 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
8860 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
8861 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
8862 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
8863 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8864 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
8866 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
8868 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8869 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
8870 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
8872 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
8879 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
8880 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8883 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8884 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8886 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
8888 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8892 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
8893 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
8894 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
8896 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
8897 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
8898 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
8900 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
8902 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
8905 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
8906 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
8907 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
8908 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
8909 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
8911 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
8912 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
8917 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
8921 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
8923 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
8926 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8928 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8932 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
8935 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
8937 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8939 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
8940 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
8944 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
8946 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8947 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8948 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
8949 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
8956 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
8958 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
8959 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8960 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8963 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
8964 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8965 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8966 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
8967 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8968 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8969 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
8970 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
8973 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8974 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
8975 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8976 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
8977 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
8979 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
8987 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
8988 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
8993 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
8996 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8998 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
8999 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9001 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9003 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9004 (_("%B: Too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9005 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9006 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9012 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9013 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9014 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9015 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9016 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9019 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9020 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9021 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9024 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9026 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9029 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9030 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9031 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9033 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9039 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9040 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9041 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9042 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9043 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9047 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9048 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9049 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9052 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9053 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9056 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9058 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
9060 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9063 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9067 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9068 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9069 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9070 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9071 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9072 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9074 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9076 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9078 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9079 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9082 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9084 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9085 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9087 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9092 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9093 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9096 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9099 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9101 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9104 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9105 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9106 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
9107 if (extversym
== NULL
)
9110 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9111 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
9112 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
9120 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9121 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9122 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9125 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9126 unsigned short version_index
;
9128 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9129 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9132 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9135 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9138 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9140 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9142 && h
->forced_local
))
9144 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9145 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9146 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9151 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9152 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9154 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9168 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9171 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9173 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9174 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9176 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
9180 case elf_stt_common
:
9183 case no_elf_stt_common
:
9190 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
9191 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
9192 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
9193 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
9194 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
9198 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
9200 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
9201 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
9202 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
9204 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9205 asection
*input_sec
;
9206 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9210 /* A symbol is bound locally if it is forced local or it is locally
9211 defined, hidden versioned, not referenced by shared library and
9212 not exported when linking executable. */
9213 bfd_boolean local_bind
= (h
->forced_local
9214 || (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9215 && !flinfo
->info
->export_dynamic
9219 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
));
9221 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9223 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9224 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9228 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
9229 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
9240 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9242 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9244 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
9245 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
9246 references in regular files have already been handled unless
9247 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
9249 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
9251 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
9252 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
9253 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
9254 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
9256 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
9259 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
9260 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
9261 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
9262 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9263 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
9264 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
9266 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
);
9268 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
9273 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
9274 shared libraries. */
9275 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9280 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9281 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
9285 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
9287 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9288 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9289 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9291 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9292 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9293 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
9294 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9296 msg
= _("%B: local symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9297 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9298 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9299 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9300 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, def_bfd
,
9301 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9302 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9303 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9307 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
9308 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
9309 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
9314 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
9316 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9320 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9322 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9323 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
9324 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
9326 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9327 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9328 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
9329 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9330 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9331 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9332 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
9334 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9335 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9336 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
9337 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
9342 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
9343 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
9344 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
9345 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
9348 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
9349 && !h
->forced_local
)
9353 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
9354 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
9355 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9358 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9359 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9363 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9364 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9365 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9366 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9369 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9370 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9372 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9373 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9376 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9377 input_sec
->output_section
);
9378 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9380 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9381 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
9382 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9383 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9384 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9388 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9389 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9391 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9392 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9394 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9395 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9397 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9398 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9399 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9405 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9406 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9407 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9408 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9413 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9414 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9415 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9416 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9419 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9420 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9421 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9422 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9423 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9424 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9425 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9429 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9430 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9432 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9433 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9435 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9436 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9437 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
9438 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9442 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9443 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9451 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
9452 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
9453 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
9455 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
9456 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
9457 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
9458 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9459 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9460 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
9462 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
9463 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
9465 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
9466 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
9467 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
9468 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
9469 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
9470 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9472 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9473 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
9475 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
9476 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
9477 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9478 || !h
->forced_local
)
9479 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
9481 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
9482 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
9484 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9489 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
9490 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9491 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9492 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9493 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9494 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9495 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9497 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9498 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9501 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9503 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9504 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9507 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9508 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9510 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9511 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9514 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9515 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9516 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9517 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9518 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9523 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
9524 locally, it is a fatal error. */
9525 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
9526 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9527 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
9528 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9533 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
9534 msg
= _("%B: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9535 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9536 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9538 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9539 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9540 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9541 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9545 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
9546 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
9547 the entry in the .hash section. */
9548 if (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
9550 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9554 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
9555 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
9556 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
9557 by shared library, not locally defined, or not bound locally.
9559 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9561 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9563 || !h
->def_regular
))
9565 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
9567 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
9569 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9570 (_("%B: No symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
9571 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9572 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9577 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
9578 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
9579 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
9580 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
9582 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9585 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
9587 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
9589 size_t hash_entry_size
;
9590 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
9595 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
9596 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
9599 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
9600 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9601 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
9602 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
9603 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
9605 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
9606 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9607 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
9610 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
9612 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
9613 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
9615 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9617 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9618 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
9619 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
9620 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
9622 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
9626 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
9627 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
9629 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
9630 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
9634 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
9636 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
9637 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
9639 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
9640 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
9641 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
9645 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
9646 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
9647 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
9648 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
9650 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9652 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
9656 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9659 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
9660 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
9661 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
9662 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
9663 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
9664 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
9665 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
9666 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
9667 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
9668 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
9670 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
9672 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
9673 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
9674 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9675 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
9676 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
9679 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
9682 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9683 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
9687 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9692 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
9698 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
9699 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
9702 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9704 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9706 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9708 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9709 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9710 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
9716 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
9717 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
9718 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
9724 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
9725 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
9726 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
9727 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
9728 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
9729 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
9730 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
9731 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
9734 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
9736 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
9739 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
9742 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
9745 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
9748 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
9751 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
9752 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9754 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
9755 asection
*s
= first
;
9759 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
9762 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
9770 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
9771 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
9775 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9779 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
9782 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
9783 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
9785 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
9786 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
9788 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
9793 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
9794 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
9795 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
9796 don't have to keep them in memory. */
9799 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
9801 int (*relocate_section
)
9802 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
9803 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
9805 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9808 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9809 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9810 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9812 asection
**ppsection
;
9814 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9815 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9816 bfd_size_type address_size
;
9817 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
9819 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
9821 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9822 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9823 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
9825 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
9826 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
9828 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
9831 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9832 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9834 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9839 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9840 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9843 /* Read the local symbols. */
9844 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
9845 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
9847 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
9848 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
9849 flinfo
->external_syms
,
9850 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
9851 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9855 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
9856 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
9857 going into the output file. */
9858 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
9859 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
9861 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
9865 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
9871 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9873 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
9880 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9881 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9882 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
9883 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9884 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
9885 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
9888 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
9891 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
9892 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
9896 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
9897 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
9899 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
9900 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
9906 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
9907 output any undefined local symbol. */
9908 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
9911 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9913 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
9914 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
9919 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
9921 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9924 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
9925 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
9926 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
9927 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
9929 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
9932 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
9933 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
9934 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
9935 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
9936 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
9937 isec
->output_section
))
9940 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
9941 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9946 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
9947 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9948 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
9950 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
9951 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
9952 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9953 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
9954 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
9957 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
9959 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
9960 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
9961 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
9963 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
9964 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
9968 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
9969 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
9970 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
9971 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
9972 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
9973 source file, but the best we can do. */
9974 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
9975 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
9976 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
9977 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
9978 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9979 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
9980 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
9981 : input_bfd
->filename
),
9982 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
9989 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
9990 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9991 isec
->output_section
);
9992 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9995 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
9996 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
9997 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
9998 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
9999 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10000 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10001 these requirements. */
10002 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10003 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10005 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10006 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10008 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10009 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10010 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10014 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10015 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10022 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10024 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10030 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10035 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10036 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10037 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10039 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10041 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10043 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10047 if (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10048 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10050 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10051 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10052 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10053 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10055 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10056 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10057 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10059 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10060 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10061 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10062 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10063 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10065 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10067 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10069 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10070 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10071 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10075 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10077 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10078 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10079 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10084 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10085 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10090 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10092 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10095 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10097 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10098 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10103 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10107 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10108 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10112 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10113 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10116 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10118 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10123 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10124 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10125 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10126 the routines which work on output files. */
10127 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10129 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10130 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10132 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10134 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10135 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10140 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10141 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10145 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10147 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10148 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10149 int action_discarded
;
10152 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10154 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10155 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10156 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10157 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10160 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10161 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
10162 if (o
->size
> address_size
10163 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
10164 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10165 ".init_array") == 0)
10166 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
10167 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10168 ".fini_array") == 0))
10169 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
10171 if (o
->size
!= o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
10173 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10174 (_("error: %B: size of section %A is not "
10175 "multiple of address size"),
10177 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_on_input
);
10180 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
10183 action_discarded
= -1;
10184 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
10185 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
10187 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
10188 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
10189 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
10190 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
10191 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
10193 rel
= internal_relocs
;
10194 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10195 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10197 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10198 unsigned int s_type
;
10199 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
10200 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
10201 const char *sym_name
;
10203 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10206 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10207 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10208 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10210 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10212 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
10213 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
10214 we do not seg fault. */
10219 sprintf_vma (buffer
, rel
->r_info
);
10220 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10221 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (0x%s) for section %A "
10222 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
10223 input_bfd
, o
, buffer
);
10224 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10228 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10229 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10230 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10234 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
10235 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
10236 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
10237 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
10238 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
10239 if (h
->root
.non_ir_ref
10240 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10241 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10242 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
10243 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10244 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10245 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
10246 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10248 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
10249 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10253 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10254 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10255 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10257 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10261 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
10263 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
10264 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10265 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10269 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
10270 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10273 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
10274 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
10276 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
10277 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
10278 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
10279 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
10280 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
10281 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
10282 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
10283 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
10284 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
10286 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
10287 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
10290 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
10291 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
10296 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
10298 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
10299 discarded section. */
10300 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10302 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
10303 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
10304 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
10305 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
10306 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
10307 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
10309 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
10310 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
10311 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
10312 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
10313 symbol here means we will be changing all later
10314 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
10315 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
10319 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
10331 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
10333 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
10334 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
10335 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
10336 reloc addend as necessary.
10338 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
10339 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
10341 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
10342 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
10343 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
10345 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
10346 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
10347 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
10348 corresponding to the output section, which will require
10349 the addend to be adjusted. */
10351 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10352 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
10360 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10361 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
10363 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
10364 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
10365 bfd_vma last_offset
;
10366 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
10367 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
10368 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
10369 unsigned int next_erel
;
10370 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
10371 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
10373 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
10374 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
10375 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
10377 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
10379 irela
= internal_relocs
;
10380 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10381 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
10382 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
10383 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
10385 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10386 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
10387 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10388 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10389 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
10390 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
10391 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10392 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10393 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
10395 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10397 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10399 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10405 if (irela
== irelamid
)
10407 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
10408 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10409 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
10412 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
10415 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
10417 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
10418 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
10419 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
10420 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
10422 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
10424 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
10428 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
10430 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
10431 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10432 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10434 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
10436 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10437 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10440 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10441 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10442 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10444 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
10445 unsigned long indx
;
10447 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
10448 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
10449 we do not know the symbol index of any global
10450 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
10451 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
10452 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
10453 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
10454 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
10455 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
10456 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10457 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10458 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10460 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
10461 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
10462 used by a reloc. */
10463 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
10471 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
10474 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
10475 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10476 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10478 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
10479 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
10480 processor specific section. */
10481 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
10482 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
10484 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
10486 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10491 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10493 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
10494 section will be the absolute section. In
10495 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
10496 the kept section. relocate_section should
10497 have already handled discarded linkonce
10499 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
10500 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
10501 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10503 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
10504 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10507 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
10509 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10510 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10512 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
10513 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
10515 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10516 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10521 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
10522 section winds up in the output section. */
10524 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10528 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
10530 unsigned long shlink
;
10535 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10537 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
10538 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
10542 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
10543 since it is needed by a reloc, we
10544 must output it now. */
10545 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
10546 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
10547 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
10551 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10553 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10555 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10558 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10559 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10561 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
10562 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10564 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
10566 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10567 ->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10568 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10573 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10574 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
10580 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
10585 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
10588 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
10589 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
10592 /* Swap out the relocs. */
10593 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
10594 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10596 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10601 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
10602 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10603 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
10606 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
10607 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10609 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10618 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
10619 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
10620 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
10623 /* Section written out. */
10625 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
10627 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10628 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
10630 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
10631 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
10634 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
10635 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
10636 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
10639 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10641 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10646 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10648 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
10656 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
10658 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
10659 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
10661 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
);
10663 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
10665 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
10668 todo
-= address_size
;
10669 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10677 offset
+= address_size
;
10681 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10695 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
10696 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
10697 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
10701 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10702 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10703 asection
*output_section
,
10704 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
10706 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10710 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
10711 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
10712 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
10713 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10714 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
10717 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
10719 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
10722 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10726 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
10729 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
10730 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
10731 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
10738 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
10739 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
10740 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10742 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
10743 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
10744 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10748 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10750 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
10751 actually against the section. */
10752 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
10753 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
10754 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
10755 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
10757 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10758 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
10762 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10763 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
10764 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
10765 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
10766 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
10767 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
10768 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
10770 else if (h
!= NULL
)
10772 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
10773 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
10780 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
10781 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
10786 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
10788 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
10790 bfd_size_type size
;
10791 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
10794 const char *sym_name
;
10796 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
10797 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
10798 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
10800 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
10807 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10810 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10811 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10812 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
10813 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
10815 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
10816 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
10817 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
10822 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
10824 * bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
),
10831 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
10832 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
10834 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
10835 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10836 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
10838 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
10840 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
10841 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
10842 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
10844 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10845 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10847 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10849 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
10850 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
10851 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
10853 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
10854 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10858 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
10859 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
10860 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10869 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
10872 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
10874 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
10878 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10879 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
10880 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
10881 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
10883 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
10884 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
10885 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
10886 where elfsec is 0. */
10889 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
10890 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
10891 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
10892 bed
->link_order_error_handler
10893 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
10898 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
10899 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10904 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
10905 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
10908 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
10913 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
10914 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
10917 return apos
> bpos
;
10921 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
10922 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
10923 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
10924 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
10927 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
10929 int seen_linkorder
;
10932 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10934 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10936 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
10937 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
10941 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
10943 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10944 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10946 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10948 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10950 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10951 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
10952 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
10953 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
10954 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
10955 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
10969 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
10971 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
10972 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
10974 linkorder_sec
->owner
, other_sec
,
10977 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"),
10979 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10984 if (!seen_linkorder
)
10987 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
10988 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
10989 if (sections
== NULL
)
10991 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10993 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10995 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
10997 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
10998 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
10999 compare_link_order
);
11001 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11003 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11005 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11006 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
11007 s
->output_offset
= offset
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
11008 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
11009 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11017 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11021 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11022 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11023 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
11024 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11025 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11026 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11027 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11028 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11029 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
11030 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11031 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11032 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11033 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11034 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11035 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
11036 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11037 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
11038 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11039 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11040 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11041 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11043 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11044 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11045 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11046 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11047 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11051 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11054 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11056 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11057 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11059 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11061 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11063 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11064 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11065 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11066 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11067 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11068 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
11070 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11071 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11072 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11073 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
11074 bfd_boolean merged
;
11075 size_t relativecount
= 0;
11076 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
11078 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
11079 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
11080 const char *std_attrs_section
;
11082 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
11085 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11086 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
11088 dynamic
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
11089 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11091 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
11092 || info
->emitrelocations
);
11094 flinfo
.info
= info
;
11095 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11096 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
11097 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
11102 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
11103 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
11107 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
11108 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
11109 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
11110 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
11113 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
11114 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
11115 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
11116 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
11117 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
11118 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
11119 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
11120 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
11121 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
11122 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
11124 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
11125 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
11127 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
11128 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11130 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
11131 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
11133 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11135 asection
*input_section
;
11137 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11139 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11140 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11141 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11142 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11145 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
11148 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
11150 /* Skip this section later on. */
11151 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11154 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11158 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
11159 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
11160 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
11161 max_contents_size
= 0;
11162 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
11163 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
11165 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
11167 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11169 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11170 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11172 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11174 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
11175 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
11176 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
11178 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11179 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11181 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11185 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11186 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11188 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
11189 link. This will normally be every section. We need
11190 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
11191 the linker has decided to not include. */
11192 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
11194 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11197 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
11198 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
11199 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
11200 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
11201 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
11203 else if (emit_relocs
)
11205 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11206 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
11209 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
11210 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
11213 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
11214 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
11216 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
11217 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
11218 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
11219 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
11221 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
11223 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11224 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
11228 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
11229 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
11230 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
11232 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11234 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
11235 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
11237 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
11238 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
11239 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
11241 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11243 size_t ext_size
= 0;
11245 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11246 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11247 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11248 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11250 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
11251 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
11252 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
11253 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11258 if (reloc_count
== 0)
11261 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11262 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
11264 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
11268 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
11269 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11271 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
11273 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
11274 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11280 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11282 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11286 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
11287 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11290 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
11291 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
11292 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
11293 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
11296 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
11297 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
11298 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
11299 sections are handled correctly. */
11300 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
11301 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
11305 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
11306 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
11307 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
11309 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
11310 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
11311 to create a symbol table. */
11312 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
11313 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
11314 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
11317 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
11318 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11320 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11321 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11324 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
11328 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
11332 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
11333 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
11334 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
11335 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
11337 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
11339 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
11340 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
11341 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
11342 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
11343 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
11346 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
11347 if (contents
== NULL
)
11349 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
11353 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
11354 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
11355 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
11356 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
11357 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
11358 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11359 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
11360 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
11361 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
11362 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11363 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
11364 /* sh_info is set below. */
11365 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11366 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11368 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
11369 max_sym_count
= 20;
11370 elf_hash_table (info
)->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
11371 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
11372 elf_hash_table (info
)->strtab
11373 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11374 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->strtab
== NULL
)
11376 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
11378 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
11379 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
11381 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
11383 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
11385 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
11387 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
11388 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
11389 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
11391 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
11393 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11394 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11395 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
11396 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11397 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11398 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11399 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
11400 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
11403 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
11404 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
11405 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
11406 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
11407 outputting relocs. */
11409 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11410 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11411 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11412 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11413 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11414 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11416 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
11419 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11420 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
11421 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11422 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
11423 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
,
11430 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
11432 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
11434 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
11435 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
11439 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
11441 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
11442 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
11446 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
11448 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
11449 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
11450 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11451 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
11455 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
11457 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11458 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11459 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
11462 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
11463 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11464 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
11467 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
11468 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11469 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
11472 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
11473 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11474 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
11478 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
11480 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11481 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11482 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
11486 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
)
11488 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
11491 for (sec
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
;
11492 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
11495 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
11498 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
11500 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
11503 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
11505 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
11507 base
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
11508 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
11509 alignment requirements. */
11510 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
11511 end
= align_power (end
,
11512 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
11513 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_size
= end
- base
;
11516 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
11517 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11519 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
11523 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
11526 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
11527 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
11528 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
11529 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
11530 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
11532 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
11533 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
11534 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
11535 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
11536 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
11537 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
11538 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
11539 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
11540 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
11541 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
11542 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
11543 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
11544 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
11546 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11547 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
11548 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11550 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11552 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11553 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
11554 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11555 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11557 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
11559 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
11561 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
11564 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11565 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11567 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11572 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11574 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11575 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
11576 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11577 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11578 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
11580 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
11582 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11584 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
11585 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
11586 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
11590 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
11592 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
11593 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
11594 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
11598 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11599 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11600 (_("%B: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
11601 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
11610 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
11611 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
11613 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11614 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11615 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
11617 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
11618 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
11622 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
11623 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
11624 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
11625 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
11626 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
11627 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
11628 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11629 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11630 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
11631 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
11632 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11636 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
11637 table, do it now. */
11638 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
11639 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
11641 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11642 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11643 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11645 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
11646 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
11647 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
11651 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
11652 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
11653 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
11654 converted to local in a version script. */
11656 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
11657 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11660 && elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
11661 && (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
->output_section
11662 != bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
11664 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
11665 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
->contents
;
11666 long last_local
= 0;
11668 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
11669 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
11670 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
11676 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11678 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11680 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11686 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
11689 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
11690 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
11691 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
11692 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11694 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
11695 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11696 if (last_local
< dynindx
)
11697 last_local
= dynindx
;
11698 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11702 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
11703 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
11705 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
11706 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11711 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
11712 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
11713 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
11715 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11717 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
11722 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
11723 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
11725 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
11727 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
11730 if (last_local
< e
->dynindx
)
11731 last_local
= e
->dynindx
;
11733 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11734 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
11738 elf_section_data (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
=
11742 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
11743 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11744 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
11745 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11746 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
11750 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
11751 table, do it now. */
11752 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
11753 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
11755 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
11756 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
11757 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
11759 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
11760 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
11761 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
11765 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
11766 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
11768 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
11769 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
11772 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
11773 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
11775 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
11777 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
11778 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
11780 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
11781 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
11783 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
11784 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11785 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11786 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11787 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
11789 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
11792 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11793 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
11797 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
11798 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
11799 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
11800 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
11801 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
11802 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
11803 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
11804 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
11805 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
11806 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11807 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
11809 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
11811 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
11813 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11814 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
11818 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
11819 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11821 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11823 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
11826 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
11827 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
11828 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
))
11830 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
11831 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
))
11834 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
11835 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
11836 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11839 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
11840 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
11842 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
11843 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
11846 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
11848 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
11849 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11850 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
11852 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
11853 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
11854 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
11856 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11860 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
11867 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
11869 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
11871 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
11872 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
11875 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
11882 name
= info
->init_function
;
11885 name
= info
->fini_function
;
11888 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11890 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
,
11891 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
11893 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11894 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11896 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
11897 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11898 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
11899 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
11900 + o
->output_offset
);
11903 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
11904 library and does not apply to this one. */
11905 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
11912 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
11913 name
= ".preinit_array";
11915 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
11916 name
= ".init_array";
11918 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
11919 name
= ".fini_array";
11921 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
11924 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11925 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
11929 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11930 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
11931 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
11934 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
11935 name
= ".preinit_array";
11937 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
11938 name
= ".init_array";
11940 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
11941 name
= ".fini_array";
11943 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
11950 name
= ".gnu.hash";
11959 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
11962 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
11965 name
= ".gnu.version";
11967 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11971 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11972 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
11975 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
11977 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11978 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
11979 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
11982 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
11989 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
11993 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11994 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
11995 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11997 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
11999 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12000 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12001 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12003 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12004 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12007 if (dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
== 0
12008 || hdr
->sh_addr
< dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
)
12009 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12015 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
12019 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
12020 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
12022 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
12025 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
12026 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
12027 || info
->error_textrel
)
12028 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
12030 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12032 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12033 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12034 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12036 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12038 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12040 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
12042 if (info
->error_textrel
)
12043 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12044 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations.\n"));
12046 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12047 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object.\n"));
12053 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12055 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
12057 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12059 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12061 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
12062 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
12065 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
12067 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
12069 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
12071 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
12073 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
12074 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
),
12080 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
12084 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
12085 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12086 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
,
12087 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
))
12093 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12095 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
12097 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
12102 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
12103 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
12105 if (! _bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
))
12109 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
12112 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12114 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
12118 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
12119 if (contents
== NULL
)
12120 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
12121 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
12122 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
12129 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12133 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
12136 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12137 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
12139 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12140 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12142 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12143 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12145 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
12146 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12147 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
12148 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
12150 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12151 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
12155 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12156 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12159 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
12160 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
12162 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
12164 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12165 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
12167 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12168 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
12170 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
12172 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
12175 if (info
->keep_memory
)
12176 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
12181 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
12184 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
12186 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12188 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12189 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
12190 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
12191 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
12194 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
12195 of input bfd ABFD. */
12198 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12199 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
12202 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12204 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
12206 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
12207 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
12211 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12213 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12214 info
->keep_memory
);
12215 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
12217 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12218 cookie
->relend
= (cookie
->rels
12219 + sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
12221 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12225 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
12229 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12232 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
12233 free (cookie
->rels
);
12236 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
12239 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12240 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12243 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
12245 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
12250 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12255 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
12259 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12262 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
12263 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12266 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
12268 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
12271 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12272 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12273 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12274 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12275 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12279 switch (h
->root
.type
)
12281 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12282 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12283 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12285 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12286 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
12293 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
12298 /* For undefined __start_<name> and __stop_<name> symbols, return the
12299 first input section matching <name>. Return NULL otherwise. */
12302 _bfd_elf_is_start_stop (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12303 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
12306 const char *sec_name
;
12308 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
12309 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
12312 s
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.section
;
12315 if (s
== (asection
*) 0 - 1)
12321 if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__start_", 8) == 0)
12322 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 8;
12323 else if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__stop_", 7) == 0)
12324 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 7;
12326 if (sec_name
!= NULL
&& *sec_name
!= '\0')
12330 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
12332 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (i
, sec_name
);
12335 h
->root
.u
.undef
.section
= s
;
12342 h
->root
.u
.undef
.section
= (asection
*) 0 - 1;
12347 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12348 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
12349 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
12352 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
12353 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12354 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12355 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
12357 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12358 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12360 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12361 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12364 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
12365 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12367 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
12370 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %B\n"),
12374 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12375 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12376 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12378 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
12379 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
12380 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
12381 handling copy relocs. */
12382 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
12383 h
->u
.weakdef
->mark
= 1;
12385 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
12387 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark all XXX input sections
12388 when there is an as yet undefined reference to __start_XXX
12389 or __stop_XXX symbols. The linker will later define such
12390 symbols for orphan input sections that have a name
12391 representable as a C identifier. */
12392 asection
*s
= _bfd_elf_is_start_stop (info
, h
);
12396 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
12401 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
12404 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
12405 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
12408 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12409 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
12410 the relocation symbol. */
12413 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12415 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12416 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
12419 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
12421 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
12422 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
12424 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
12426 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
12427 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
12429 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
12434 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
12439 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
12440 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
12441 which define symbols to which it refers. */
12444 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12446 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12449 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
12453 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
12454 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
12455 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
12456 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
12459 /* Look through the section relocs. */
12461 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
12462 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12463 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
12464 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
12466 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12468 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
12472 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
12473 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
12478 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
12482 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
12484 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12486 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
12490 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
12491 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
12493 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
12497 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
12498 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
12499 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
12505 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
12508 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
12510 /* Point to first section of section group. */
12512 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
12515 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
12516 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
12518 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
12519 and special section. */
12520 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
12523 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12524 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
12526 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
12527 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
12529 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12531 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12533 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
12534 keep all sections in this group. */
12535 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
12540 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12542 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12546 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
12549 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12550 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12554 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12557 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
12558 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
12560 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12563 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
12564 see if any other section is already marked,
12565 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
12566 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= FALSE
;
12567 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12569 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12571 else if (isec
->gc_mark
)
12574 if (debug_frag_seen
== FALSE
12575 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
12576 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
12577 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
12580 /* If no section in this file will be kept, then we can
12581 toss out the debug and special sections. */
12585 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
12586 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
12587 just debug sections or special sections. */
12588 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12590 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
12591 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
12592 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
12593 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
12594 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
12598 if (! debug_frag_seen
)
12601 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
12602 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
12603 are associated with that code section. */
12604 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12605 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12606 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
12611 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
12613 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug section
12614 containing the name of the code section as a suffix. For
12615 example .debug_line.text.foo is a debug section associated
12617 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
12621 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
12622 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12625 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
12628 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
12629 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
12639 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
12641 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
12643 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12644 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
12649 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
12652 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12653 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12654 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
12655 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
12656 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
12657 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
12659 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
12661 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
12662 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
12663 h
->def_regular
= 0;
12664 h
->ref_regular
= 0;
12665 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
12671 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
12673 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
12674 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
12677 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12680 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12681 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
12682 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
12683 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
12685 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12689 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
12690 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
12693 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12695 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
12696 sections in the section group. If the first member of
12697 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
12699 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12701 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
12702 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
12708 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
12709 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
12712 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
12713 to remove a section from the output. */
12714 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
12716 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
12717 _bfd_error_handler (_("Removing unused section '%s' in file '%B'"), sub
, o
->name
);
12719 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
12720 info we collected before. */
12722 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12723 && o
->reloc_count
!= 0
12724 && !((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
12725 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12726 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12728 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
12732 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12733 info
->keep_memory
);
12734 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12737 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
12739 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12740 free (internal_relocs
);
12748 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the dynamic
12749 symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them out of the
12750 static symbol table as well? */
12751 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
12752 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
12753 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
12756 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (abfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
12760 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
12761 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
12764 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12766 /* Those that are not vtables. */
12767 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12770 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
12771 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
12774 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
12775 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
12778 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
12779 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
12781 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
12783 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
12785 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
12786 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
12791 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
12793 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
12794 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
12796 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
12799 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12800 unsigned int log_file_align
;
12802 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
12803 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12804 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
12819 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
12822 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
12823 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
12824 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12825 unsigned int log_file_align
;
12827 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
12828 well as those that are not loaded. */
12829 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
12832 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12833 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
12835 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12836 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12837 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
12839 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
12841 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
12842 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
12843 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12845 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
12847 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
12848 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
12850 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
12851 if (h
->vtable
->used
12852 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
12854 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
12855 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
12858 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
12859 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
12865 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
12866 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
12870 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12872 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
12873 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
12875 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12876 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12878 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
12879 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
12880 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
12881 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
12882 || info
->export_dynamic
12885 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
12886 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
12887 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
12888 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
12889 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
12894 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
12895 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
12898 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12900 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
12902 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
12904 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12906 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
12907 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
12910 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12911 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12912 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
12913 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
12918 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12919 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12921 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
12923 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12926 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12928 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12931 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
12934 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
12936 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (ibfd
, sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
12937 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
12939 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
12940 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
12947 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
12950 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12952 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
12954 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
12955 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12956 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12958 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
12959 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12961 (*_bfd_error_handler
)(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
12965 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
12966 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
12968 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
12969 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
12970 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
12971 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
12972 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12975 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12977 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
12978 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
12980 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
12981 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
12982 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12983 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
12984 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
12985 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
12989 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
12990 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
12994 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
12995 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
12999 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13000 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
13001 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13003 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13004 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13005 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13009 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13010 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13013 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13014 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13016 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13018 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13019 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13020 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13021 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13023 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
13028 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
13029 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
13031 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
13032 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
13035 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
13038 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
13040 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13043 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
13044 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
13045 size_t extsymcount
;
13046 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13048 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
13049 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
13051 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13052 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
13053 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
13055 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13056 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
13058 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
13059 offset as the relocation. */
13060 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
13062 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
13063 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13064 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13065 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
13066 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
13070 (*_bfd_error_handler
) ("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT",
13071 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
13072 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
13076 if (!child
->vtable
)
13078 child
->vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13079 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
)));
13080 if (!child
->vtable
)
13085 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
13086 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
13087 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
13088 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
13090 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
13093 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
13098 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
13101 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13102 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13103 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13106 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13107 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13111 h
->vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13112 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
)));
13117 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
13119 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
13120 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
13122 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
13124 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
13125 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13126 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13130 if (addend
>= size
)
13132 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
13133 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
13134 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13137 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
13139 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
13140 consolidation pass. */
13141 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
13145 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
13151 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
13152 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
13153 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
13157 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
13162 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
13163 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
13164 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
13167 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
13172 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
13176 flagword flag_value
;
13177 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
13179 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
13181 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
13182 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
13183 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
13184 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
13185 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
13186 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
13187 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
13188 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
13189 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
13190 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
13191 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
13192 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
13195 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
13197 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13198 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
13201 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
13203 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
13205 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
13206 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13207 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
13209 int without_hex
= 0;
13211 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
13214 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
13216 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
13217 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
13219 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
13223 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13224 with_hex
|= hexval
;
13225 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13226 without_hex
|= hexval
;
13231 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
13233 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
13235 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13236 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13237 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13238 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13245 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13246 (_("Unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
13250 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
13251 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
13252 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
13255 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
13258 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
13264 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
13266 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13269 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
13270 to real got offsets. */
13273 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
13275 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
13276 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
13277 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13279 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
13281 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
13282 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
13285 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
13290 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
13291 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
13294 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
13295 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13298 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13300 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
13302 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
13304 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13307 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
13308 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
13309 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
13312 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
13314 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
13315 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
13317 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
13318 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
13319 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13321 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13324 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
13328 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
13329 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
13330 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13332 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13334 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
13336 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
13338 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
13339 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
13342 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
13346 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
13347 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
13348 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
13349 gofarg
.info
= info
;
13350 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
13351 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
13356 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
13357 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
13360 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13362 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
13365 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13366 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
13370 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
13372 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
13374 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13375 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
13377 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
13379 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13381 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13382 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
13384 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
13387 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13388 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13391 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
13392 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13394 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13396 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
13398 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13399 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13400 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13402 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13403 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13404 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
13405 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
13406 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
13411 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
13412 but it could be a relocation against a local
13413 symbol for a discarded section. */
13415 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13417 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
13418 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
13419 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13421 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
13422 || discarded_section (isec
)))
13430 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
13431 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
13432 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
13433 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
13436 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13438 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13443 if (info
->traditional_format
13444 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13447 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
13452 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13455 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
13456 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
13460 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13463 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
13466 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
13467 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
13468 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
13472 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
13477 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
13478 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
13483 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13489 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13492 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
13495 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
13496 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
13497 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
13501 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
13505 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
13507 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13509 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13512 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13514 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
13516 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
13519 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
13522 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
13526 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
13527 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
13529 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
13530 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13531 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
13538 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
13540 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13543 const char *name
, *key
;
13544 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
13545 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
13547 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
13550 flags
= sec
->flags
;
13552 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
13553 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
13554 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
13557 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
13558 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
13559 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
13562 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
13564 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13565 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
13566 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
13567 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
13570 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
13571 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
13572 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
13575 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
13576 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
13577 single member groups. */
13581 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
13583 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13585 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
13586 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
13587 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
13588 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
13589 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
13590 type of section. */
13591 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13592 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13593 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
13594 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
13596 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
13597 issue a warning. */
13598 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
13601 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13603 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13604 asection
*s
= first
;
13608 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13609 /* Record which group discards it. */
13610 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13611 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
13612 /* These lists are circular. */
13622 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
13623 linkonce section and vice versa. */
13624 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13626 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13628 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
13629 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
13630 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13631 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13632 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
13634 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13635 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13636 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13641 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
13642 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13643 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13645 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
13648 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
13649 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
13651 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13652 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
13657 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
13658 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
13659 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
13660 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
13661 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
13662 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
13663 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
13664 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
13665 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
13666 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
13667 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
13669 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
13670 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13671 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13672 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
13674 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
13675 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13679 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
13680 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
13681 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
13682 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13686 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13688 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
13692 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13698 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13700 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13704 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
13705 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13706 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13707 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13708 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13710 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13711 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
13714 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
13716 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
13718 static const char *
13719 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
13721 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13724 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
13725 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
13727 if (old_name
== NULL
)
13730 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
13731 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
13736 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
13737 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
13738 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
13742 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
13744 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13746 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
13748 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13750 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
13754 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
13756 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
13757 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
13764 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
13765 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
13766 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
13769 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
13770 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
13771 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
13772 string table associated with ABFD. */
13775 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
13777 unsigned int alignment
,
13779 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
13781 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
13783 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13785 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
13790 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
13792 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
13794 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
13795 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
13796 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
13797 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
13799 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
13800 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
13802 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
13803 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
13804 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
13805 seen to be a .rela section. */
13806 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
13807 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
13812 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
13818 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
13819 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
13820 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
13821 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
13823 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
13824 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
13825 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
13827 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
13828 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
13829 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
13831 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
13832 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
13834 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
13835 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
13838 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
13841 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
13843 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13844 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
13845 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
13846 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
13849 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
13852 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
13854 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13855 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
13856 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
13857 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);